blob: 8f816ad2aff4d141e689dba5adbf5945cdf358b2 [file] [log] [blame]
Tom Rini83d290c2018-05-06 17:58:06 -04001# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02003# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005
6Summary:
7========
8
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00009This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000010Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
11processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
12initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
13code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000014
15The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000016the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
17header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000018support booting of Linux images.
19
20Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
21configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
22implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
23add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
24code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
25load and run it dynamically.
26
27
28Status:
29=======
30
31In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000032Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000033"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
34
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050035In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
36the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
37scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
38companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000039
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050040Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
41actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
42from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000043
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050051U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050061The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010062git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa0de21ec2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500137 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000140 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400142 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200143 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +0800144 /riscv Files generic to RISC-V architecture
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500145 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400147 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
149/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuan740f7e52016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800150/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500151/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500152/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
154/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
155/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400156/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
158/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
159/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500160/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
161/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500162/net Networking code
163/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500164/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
165/test Various unit test files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500166/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000167
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000168Software Configuration:
169=======================
170
171Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
172rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
173
174There are two classes of configuration variables:
175
176* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
177 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
178 "CONFIG_".
179
180* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
181 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
182 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200183 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000184
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500185Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
186symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
187U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
188allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
189build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000190
191
192Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
193---------------------------------------------------
194
195For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200196configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000197
198Example: For a TQM823L module type:
199
200 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200201 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000202
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500203Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
204you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
205doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000206
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600207Sandbox Environment:
208--------------------
209
210U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
211board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
212specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
213run some of U-Boot's tests.
214
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530215See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600216
217
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700218Board Initialisation Flow:
219--------------------------
220
221This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500222SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700223
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500224Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
225more detail later in this file.
226
227At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
228and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
229may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
230CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
231
232Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
233CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
234
235 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
236 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
237 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
238
239and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
240limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700241
242lowlevel_init():
243 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
244 - no global_data or BSS
245 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
246 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
247 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
248 board_init_f()
249 - this is almost never needed
250 - return normally from this function
251
252board_init_f():
253 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
254 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
255 - global_data is available
256 - stack is in SRAM
257 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
258 only stack variables and global_data
259
260 Non-SPL-specific notes:
261 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
262 can do nothing
263
264 SPL-specific notes:
265 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
266 version as needed.
267 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
268 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
269 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
270 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
271 directly)
272
273Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
274this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
275CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
276memory.
277
278board_init_r():
279 - purpose: main execution, common code
280 - global_data is available
281 - SDRAM is available
282 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
283 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
284
285 Non-SPL-specific notes:
286 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
287 there.
288
289 SPL-specific notes:
290 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
291 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
292 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
Ley Foon Tan0680f1b2017-05-03 17:13:32 +0800293 done by selecting CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700294 spl_board_init() function containing this call
295 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
296
297
298
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000299Configuration Options:
300----------------------
301
302Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
303such information is kept in a configuration file
304"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
305
306Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
307"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
308
309
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000310Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
311kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
312build a config tool - later.
313
Ashish Kumar63b23162017-08-11 11:09:14 +0530314- ARM Platform Bus Type(CCI):
315 CoreLink Cache Coherent Interconnect (CCI) is ARM BUS which
316 provides full cache coherency between two clusters of multi-core
317 CPUs and I/O coherency for devices and I/O masters
318
319 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCI400
320
321 Defined For SoC that has cache coherent interconnect
322 CCN-400
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000323
Ashish Kumarc055cee2017-08-18 10:54:36 +0530324 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCN504
325
326 Defined for SoC that has cache coherent interconnect CCN-504
327
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000328The following options need to be configured:
329
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500330- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000331
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500332- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200333
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600334- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000335 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
336
337 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
338 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
339 compliance, among other possible reasons.
340
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600341 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
342
343 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
344 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
345 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
346
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500347 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
348
349 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
350 tree nodes for the given platform.
351
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000352 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
353
354 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
355 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
356 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
357
358 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
359 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
360
361 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
362 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
363
364 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
365 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
366 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
367 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
368
369 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
370 this erratum.
371
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530372 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
373 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800374 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530375
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530376 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
377 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800378 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530379
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000380 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
381
382 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
383 according to the A004510 workaround.
384
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
386 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
387 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
388
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530389 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
390 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
391 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
392
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530393 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
394 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
395 connected to the DSP core.
396
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530397 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
398 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
399
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
401 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
402 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
403 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
404
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530405 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
406 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800407 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530408
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800409 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800410 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800411 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
412
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000413- Generic CPU options:
414 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
415
416 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
417 values is arch specific.
418
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700419 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
420 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
421 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
422 SoCs.
423
424 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
425 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
426
427 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
428 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
429 deskew training are not available.
430
431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
432 Freescale DDR1 controller.
433
434 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
435 Freescale DDR2 controller.
436
437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
438 Freescale DDR3 controller.
439
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700440 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
441 Freescale DDR4 controller.
442
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700443 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
444 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
445
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700446 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
447 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
448 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
449 implemetation.
450
451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day62a3b7d2016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400452 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700453 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
454 implementation.
455
456 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
457 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700458 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
459
460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
461 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
462 DDR3L controllers.
463
464 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
465 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
466 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700467
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530468 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
469 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
470
471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
472 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
473
Prabhakar Kushwaha1c407072017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
475 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
476
Prabhakar Kushwahaadd63f92017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
478 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
479
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
481 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
482 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
483
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
485 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
486 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
487 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
488
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
490 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
491
492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
493 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
494
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800495 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
496 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
497 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
498 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
499
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800500 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
501 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
502 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
503 SoCs with ARM core.
504
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700505 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
506 Number of controllers used as main memory.
507
508 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
509 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
510
Prabhakar Kushwaha44937212015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530511 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
512 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
513
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530514 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
515 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
516
517 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
518 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
519
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200520- MIPS CPU options:
521 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
522
523 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
524 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
525 relocation.
526
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200527 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
528
529 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
530 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
531 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
532
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000533- ARM options:
534 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
535
536 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
537 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
538
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700539 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
540 Generic timer clock source frequency.
541
542 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
543 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
544 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
545 at run time.
546
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700547- Tegra SoC options:
548 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
549
550 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
551 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
552 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
553
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000554- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000555 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
556
557 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
558 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
559 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
560 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
561 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
562 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
563 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000564 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100565 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000566 default environment.
567
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000568 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
569
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800570 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000571 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
572 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
573
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400574 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200575
576 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400577 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
578 concepts).
579
580 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
581 * New libfdt-based support
582 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500583 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400584
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200585 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600586 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200587
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200588 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
589 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500590
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600591 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
592
593 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
594 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000595
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600596 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
597
598 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
599 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
600 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
601 the kernel.
602
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200603 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
604
605 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
606 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
607 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
608 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
609 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
610 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
611
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000612 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
613
614 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
615 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
616 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
617 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
618 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
619 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
620 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
621
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100622- vxWorks boot parameters:
623
624 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700625 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
626 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100627 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
628
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100629 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
630 the defaults discussed just above.
631
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000632- Cache Configuration:
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000633 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
634
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000635- Cache Configuration for ARM:
636 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
637 controller
638 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
639 controller register space
640
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000641- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200642 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000643
644 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
645
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200646 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000647
648 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
649
650 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
651
652 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
653 the clock speed of the UARTs.
654
655 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
656
657 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
658 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
659 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
660
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400661 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
662
663 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
664 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000665
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000666- Console Baudrate:
667 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
668 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200669 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000670
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000671- Autoboot Command:
672 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
673 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
674 define a command string that is automatically executed
675 when no character is read on the console interface
676 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
677
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000678 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000679 The value of these goes into the environment as
680 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
681 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200682 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000683
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000684- Serial Download Echo Mode:
685 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
686 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
687 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
688 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
689 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
690 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
691 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
692
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500693- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000694 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
695 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200696 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000697
Simon Glass302a6482016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600698- Removal of commands
699 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
700 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
701 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
702 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
703 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
704 simple boot procedures.
705
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000706- Regular expression support:
707 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200708 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
709 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
710 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
711 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000712
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000713- Device tree:
714 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
715 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
716 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
717 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
718 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
719 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
720
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000721 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700722 be done using one of the three options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000723
724 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
725 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
726 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
727 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
728 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
Nobuhiro Iwamatsueb3eb602017-08-26 07:34:14 +0900729 the global data structure as gd->fdt_blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000730
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000731 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
732 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
733 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
734 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
735
736 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
737
738 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
739 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
740 still use the individual files if you need something more
741 exotic.
742
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700743 CONFIG_OF_BOARD
744 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use the device tree
745 provided by the board at runtime instead of embedding one with
746 the image. Only boards defining board_fdt_blob_setup() support
747 this option (see include/fdtdec.h file).
748
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000749- Watchdog:
750 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
751 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000752 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +0200753 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx
754 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
755 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
756 available, then no further board specific code should
757 be needed to use it.
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000758
759 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
760 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
761 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
762 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000763
764- Real-Time Clock:
765
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500766 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000767 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
768 following options:
769
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000770 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000771 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000772 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000773 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000774 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000775 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +0200776 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000777 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100778 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000779 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Chris Packham2bd3cab2017-05-30 12:03:33 +1200780 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200781 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
782 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000783
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000784 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
785 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
786
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600787- GPIO Support:
788 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600789
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000790 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
791 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
792 pins supported by a particular chip.
793
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600794 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
795 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
796
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600797- I/O tracing:
798 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
799 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
800 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
801 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
802 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
803 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
804 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
805 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
806
807 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
808 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
809 still continue to operate.
810
811 iotrace is enabled
812 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
813 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
814 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
815 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
816 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
817 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
818
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000819- Timestamp Support:
820
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000821 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
822 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
823 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000825
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000826- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
827 Zero or more of the following:
828 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000829 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
830 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
831 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
832 disk/part_efi.c
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600833 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000834 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000835
836- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000837 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
838 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000839
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000840 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
841 be performed by calling the function
842 ide_set_reset(int reset)
843 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000844
845- ATAPI Support:
846 CONFIG_ATAPI
847
848 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
849
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000850- LBA48 Support
851 CONFIG_LBA48
852
853 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100854 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000855 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
856 support disks up to 2.1TB.
857
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200858 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000859 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
860 Default is 32bit.
861
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000862- SCSI Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200863 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
864 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
865 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000866 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
867 devices.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000868
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200869 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
870 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +0000871
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000872- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000873 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +0000874 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
875
876 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
877 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
878 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
879 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
880
881 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
882 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
883 example with the "sspi" command.
884
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000885 CONFIG_EEPRO100
886 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200887 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000888 write routine for first time initialisation.
889
890 CONFIG_TULIP
891 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
892 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
893 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
894
895 CONFIG_NATSEMI
896 Support for National dp83815 chips.
897
898 CONFIG_NS8382X
899 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
900
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000901- NETWORK Support (other):
902
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +0100903 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
904 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
905
906 CONFIG_RMII
907 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
908
909 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
910 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
911 The driver doen't show link status messages.
912
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +0000913 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
914 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
915
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000916 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000917 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
918
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000919 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
920 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
921
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000922 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +0000923 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
924
925 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
926 Define this to hold the physical address
927 of the device (I/O space)
928
929 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
930 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
931
932 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
933 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
934 (some hardware wont work with macros)
935
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -0500936 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
937 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
938
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +0800939 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
940 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
941
942 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
943 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
944 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
945 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
946 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
947 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
948 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
949 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
950
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +0900951 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
952 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
953
954 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
955 Define the number of ports to be used
956
957 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
958 Define the ETH PHY's address
959
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +0900960 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
961 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
962
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +0200963- PWM Support:
964 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
Robert P. J. Day5052e812016-09-13 08:35:18 -0400965 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +0200966
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +0000967- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +0000968 CONFIG_TPM
969 Support TPM devices.
970
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +0200971 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
972 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +0000973 per system is supported at this time.
974
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +0000975 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
976 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
977
Christophe Ricard3aa74082016-01-21 23:27:13 +0100978 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
979 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
980
981 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
982 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
983 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
984
Christophe Ricardb75fdc12016-01-21 23:27:14 +0100985 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
986 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
987 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
988
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +0200989 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
990 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
991
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +0000992 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +0000993 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
994 per system is supported at this time.
995
996 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
997 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
998 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
999 0xfed40000.
1000
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001001 CONFIG_TPM
1002 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1003 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1004 Requires support for a TPM device.
1005
1006 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1007 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1008 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1009
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001010- USB Support:
1011 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
Heiko Schocher064b55c2017-06-14 05:49:40 +02001012 supported (PIP405, MIP405); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001013 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1014 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001015 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001016 storage devices.
1017 Note:
1018 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1019 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001020
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001021 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1022 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1023
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001024 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1025 HW module registers.
1026
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001027- USB Device:
1028 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1029 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1030 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001031 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001032 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1033 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001034 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001035 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1036 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1037 a Linux host by
1038 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1039 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1040 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1041 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001042
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001043 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1044 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001045
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001046 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1047 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1048 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001049
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301050 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1051 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1052 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1053 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1054 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1055 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1056 speed.
1057
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001058 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001059 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1060 be set to usbtty.
1061
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001062 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001063 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001064 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001065 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1066 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1067 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1068
1069 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1070 Define this string as the name of your company for
1071 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001072
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001073 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1074 Define this string as the name of your product
1075 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1076
1077 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1078 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1079 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1080 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1081 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001082
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001083 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1084 Define this as the unique Product ID
1085 for your device
1086 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001087
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001088- ULPI Layer Support:
1089 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1090 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1091 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1092 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1093 viewport is supported.
1094 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1095 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001096 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1097 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1098 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001099
1100- MMC Support:
1101 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1102 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1103 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1104 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001105 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1106 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001107
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001108 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1109 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1110
1111 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1112 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1113
1114 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1115 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1116
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001117- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Marek Vasutbb4059a2018-02-16 16:41:18 +01001118 CONFIG_DFU_OVER_USB
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001119 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1120
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001121 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1122 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1123
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301124 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1125 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1126 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1127 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1128 one that would help mostly the developer.
1129
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001130 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1131 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1132 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1133 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1134 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1135
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001136 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1137 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1138 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1139 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1140 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1141 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1142
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001143 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1144 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1145 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1146 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1147
1148 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1149 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1150 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1151 sending again an USB request to the device.
1152
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001153- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassb2482df2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001154 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001155 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1156
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001157 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1158 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001159 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1160
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001161- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001162 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1163
1164 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1165
1166 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1167 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1168 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1169 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1170 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001171
1172- Video support:
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001173 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001174 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001175 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1176 support, and should also define these other macros:
1177
1178 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1179 CONFIG_VIDEO
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001180 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1181 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1182 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1183 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1184 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1185
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001186 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1187 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevam8eca9432016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001188 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001189 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001190
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001191- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1192
1193 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1194 display); also select one of the supported displays
1195 by defining one of these:
1196
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001197 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1198
1199 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1200
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001201 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001202
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001203 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001204
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001205 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001206
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001207 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1208 Active, color, single scan.
1209
1210 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1211
1212 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001213 Active, color, single scan.
1214
1215 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1216
1217 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1218 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1219
1220 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1221
1222 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1223 Active, color, single scan.
1224
1225 CONFIG_HLD1045
1226
1227 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1228 Active, color, single scan.
1229
1230 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1231
1232 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1233 or
1234 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1235 or
1236 Hitachi SP14Q002
1237
1238 320x240. Black & white.
1239
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001240 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1241
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001242 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001243 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1244 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1245 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1246 a per-section basis.
1247
1248
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001249 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1250
1251 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1252 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1253 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1254 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1255 printed out.
1256 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1257 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1258 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1259 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1260 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1261 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1262 1 = 90 degree rotation
1263 2 = 180 degree rotation
1264 3 = 270 degree rotation
1265
1266 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1267 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1268
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001269 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1270
1271 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1272
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001273 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1274
1275 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1276 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1277
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001278- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001279
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001280 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1281 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1282 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001283 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001284 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1285 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1286 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1287 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001288
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001289 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1290
1291 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1292 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevamab5645f2016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001293 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001294 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1295 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1296 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1297 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1298 there is no need to set this option.
1299
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001300 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1301
1302 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1303 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1304 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1305 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1306 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1307 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1308
1309 Example:
1310 setenv splashpos m,m
1311 => image at center of screen
1312
1313 setenv splashpos 30,20
1314 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1315
1316 setenv splashpos -10,m
1317 => vertically centered image
1318 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1319
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001320- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1321
1322 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1323 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1324 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1325
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001326- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1327
1328 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1329 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1330 bmp command.
1331
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001332- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001333 CONFIG_GZIP
1334
1335 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1336
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001337 CONFIG_BZIP2
1338
1339 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1340 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1341 compressed images are supported.
1342
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001343 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001344 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001345 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001346
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001347- MII/PHY support:
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001348 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1349
1350 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1351
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001352 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1353
1354 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1355 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1356 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1357 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1358
1359 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1360
1361 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1362 command issued before MII status register can be read
1363
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001364- IP address:
1365 CONFIG_IPADDR
1366
1367 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001368 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001369 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001370 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001371
1372- Server IP address:
1373 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1374
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001375 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001376 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001377 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001378
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001379 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1380
1381 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1382 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1383
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001384- Gateway IP address:
1385 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1386
1387 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1388 default router where packets to other networks are
1389 sent to.
1390 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1391
1392- Subnet mask:
1393 CONFIG_NETMASK
1394
1395 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1396 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1397 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1398 forwarded through a router.
1399 (Environment variable "netmask")
1400
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001401- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1402 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1403
1404 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1405 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1406 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1407 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1408 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1409 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1410 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1411 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001412 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001413
1414 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1415 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1416 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1417 4th and following
1418 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1419
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001420 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1421
1422 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1423 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1424 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1425 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1426 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1427 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1428 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1429 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1430 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1431 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1432 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1433 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1434 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1435 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1436 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1437
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001438- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001439 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1440 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001441
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001442 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001443 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001444 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1445 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1446 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1447 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001448 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001449
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001450 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1451 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001452
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001453 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1454 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1455 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1456 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1457 is not available.
1458
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001459 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1460 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1461 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001462 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001463 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1464 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001465
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001466 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1467
1468 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1469 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1470 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1471 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1472 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1473 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1474 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1475 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1476 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1477 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1478 this delay.
1479
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001480 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1481 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1482 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1483 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1484 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1485
1486 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1487
Prabhakar Kushwaha24acb832017-11-23 16:51:32 +05301488 - MAC address from environment variables
1489
1490 FDT_SEQ_MACADDR_FROM_ENV
1491
1492 Fix-up device tree with MAC addresses fetched sequentially from
1493 environment variables. This config work on assumption that
1494 non-usable ethernet node of device-tree are either not present
1495 or their status has been marked as "disabled".
1496
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001497 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001498 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001499
1500 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1501
1502 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1503
1504 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1505 of the device.
1506
1507 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1508
1509 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1510 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001511 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001512
1513 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1514
1515 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1516 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1517
1518 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1519
1520 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1521
1522 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1523
1524 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1525
1526 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1527
1528 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1529
1530 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1531
1532 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1533 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1534
1535 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1536
1537 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1538
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001539- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001540
1541 Several configurations allow to display the current
1542 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1543 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1544 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1545 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1546 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001547 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001548 feature in U-Boot.
1549
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001550 Additional options:
1551
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001552 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001553 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
1554 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001555 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001556 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
1557
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02001558 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
1559 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
1560 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
1561 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
1562 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
1563 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
1564
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001565- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001566
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001567 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1568 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1569 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1570 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1571 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1572 interface.
1573
1574 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001575 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
1576 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
1577 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1578 for defining speed and slave address
1579 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1580 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1581 for defining speed and slave address
1582 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1583 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1584 for defining speed and slave address
1585 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
1586 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
1587 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001588
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001589 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
1590 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
1591 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
1592 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
1593 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
1594 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001595 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001596 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
1597 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
1598 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
1599 second bus.
1600
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001601 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09001602 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
1603 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
1604 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001605
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00001606 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
1607 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
1608 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1609 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1610
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001611 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
1612 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001613 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
1614 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
1615 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
1616 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001617 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
1618 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
1619 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
1620 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
1621 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
1622 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001623 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
1624 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001625 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001626 for speed, and 0 for slave.
1627
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09001628 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
1629 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
1630 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
1631
1632 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
1633 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
1634 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
1635 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
1636 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
1637 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
1638 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
1639 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
1640 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
1641
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001642 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
1643 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
1644 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
1645
1646 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
1647 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
1648 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
1649 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
1650 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
1651 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
1652 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
1653 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
1654 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
1655 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001656 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001657
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02001658 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
1659 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
1660 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
1661 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
1662 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
1663 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
1664 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
1665 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
1666 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
1667 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
1668 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
1669 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
1670
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05301671 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
1672 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
1673 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
1674 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
1675 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1676
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001677 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
1678 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
1679 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1680 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
1681 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
1682 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1683 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
1684 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
1685 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
1686 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
1687 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
1688 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
1689 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
1690 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach071be892015-10-28 11:46:22 +01001691 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
1692 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
1693 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
1694 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
1695 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
1696 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
1697 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
1698 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
1699 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001700
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001701 additional defines:
1702
1703 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001704 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001705
1706 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
1707 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
1708 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
1709 omit this define.
1710
1711 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
1712 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
1713 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
1714 define.
1715
1716 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001717 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001718 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
1719 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
1720 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
1721
1722 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1723 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
1724 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
1725 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
1726 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
1727 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
1728 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1729 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
1730 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
1731 }
1732
1733 which defines
1734 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001735 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
1736 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
1737 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
1738 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
1739 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001740 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001741 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
1742 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001743
1744 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
1745
Simon Glassce3b5d62017-05-12 21:10:00 -06001746- Legacy I2C Support:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001747 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001748 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1749 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001750
1751 I2C_INIT
1752
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001753 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001754 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001755
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001756 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001757
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001758 I2C_ACTIVE
1759
1760 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1761 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1762 define can be null.
1763
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001764 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1765
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001766 I2C_TRISTATE
1767
1768 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1769 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1770 define can be null.
1771
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001772 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1773
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001774 I2C_READ
1775
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001776 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
1777 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001778
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001779 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1780
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001781 I2C_SDA(bit)
1782
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001783 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1784 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001785
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001786 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001787 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001788 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001789
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001790 I2C_SCL(bit)
1791
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001792 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1793 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001794
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001795 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001796 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001797 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001798
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001799 I2C_DELAY
1800
1801 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1802 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001803 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001804 like:
1805
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001806 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001807
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001808 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1809
1810 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1811 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1812 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1813 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1814
1815 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1816 the generic GPIO functions.
1817
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001818 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001819
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001820 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1821 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1822 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1823 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1824 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1825 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1826 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1827 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001828
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001829 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1830
1831 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001832 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1833 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001834 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1835
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001836 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001837
1838 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001839 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001840 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1841 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001842
1843 e.g.
1844 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001845 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001846
1847 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1848
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001849 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001850 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001851
1852 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1853
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001854 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001855
1856 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1857 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1858
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001859 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001860
1861 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1862 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1863
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001864 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1865
1866 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1867 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1868 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1869 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1870 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1871 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1872 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001873
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001874- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1875
1876 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1877 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1878 D/As on the SACSng board)
1879
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001880 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1881
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001882 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1883 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1884 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1885 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1886 defined, the board configuration must define several
1887 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1888 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001889
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02001890 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
1891 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
1892 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
1893
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001894- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
1895
1896 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1897
1898 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1899
1900 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1901 (ALTERA, XILINX)
1902
1903 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
1904
1905 Enables support for FPGA family.
1906 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
1907
1908 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001909
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001910 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001911
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001912 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001913
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001914 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001915
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001916 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001917
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001918 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
1919 status by the configuration function. This option
1920 will require a board or device specific function to
1921 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001922
1923 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
1924
1925 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
1926 configuration driver.
1927
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001928 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001929 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
1930
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001931 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001932
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001933 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
1934 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
1935 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
1936 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001937
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001938 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001939
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001940 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
1941 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001942 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001943 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001944
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001945 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001946
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001947 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001948 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001949
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001950 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001951
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001952 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001953 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001954
1955- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02001956
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001957 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
1958
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001959 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
1960 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001961
1962- Vendor Parameter Protection:
1963
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001964 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
1965 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001966 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001967 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
1968 protects these variables from casual modification by
1969 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
1970 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001971 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001972
1973 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
1974 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001975 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001976 these parameters.
1977
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05001978 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
1979 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001980 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001981 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
1982 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
1983 read-only.]
1984
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06001985 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
1986 for any variable by configuring the type of access
1987 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
1988 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
1989
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001990- Protected RAM:
1991 CONFIG_PRAM
1992
1993 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
1994 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
1995 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
1996 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
1997 this default value by defining an environment
1998 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
1999 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2000 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2001 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2002 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2003 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2004 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2005
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002006 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002007 saveenv
2008
2009 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2010 either, which results in a memory region that will
2011 not be affected by reboots.
2012
2013 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2014 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2015 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2016 following board configurations are known to be
2017 "pRAM-clean":
2018
Heiko Schocher5b8e76c2017-06-07 17:33:09 +02002019 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx,
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002020 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02002021 FLAGADM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002022
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002023- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2024 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2025 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2026 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2027 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2028 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2029 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2030
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002031- Error Recovery:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002032 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2033
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002034 This variable defines the number of retries for
2035 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2036 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2037 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002038
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002039 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2040
2041 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2042
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002043 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2044
2045 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2046 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2047 try longer timeout such as
2048 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2049
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002050- Command Interpreter:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002051 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002052
2053 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2054 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2055 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2056
2057 Note:
2058
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002059 In the current implementation, the local variables
2060 space and global environment variables space are
2061 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2062 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2063 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2064 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2065 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002066
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002067 Global environment variables are those you use
2068 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2069 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2070 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002071
2072 To store commands and special characters in a
2073 variable, please use double quotation marks
2074 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2075 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2076 symbols.
2077
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002078- Command Line Editing and History:
Marek Vasutf3b267b2016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002079 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2080
2081 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2082 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2083 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2084 and PS2.
2085
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002086- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002087 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2088
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002089 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2090 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002091 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002092
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002093 For example, place something like this in your
2094 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002095
2096 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2097 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2098 "myvar2=value2\0"
2099
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002100 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2101 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2102 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2103 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002104 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002105 You better know what you are doing here.
2106
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002107 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2108 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002109 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002110 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002111
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002112 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2113
2114 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002115 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002116 that so that the environment is not available until
2117 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2118 this is instead controlled by the value of
2119 /config/load-environment.
2120
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002121- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2122 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2123
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002124 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002125 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002126 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002127 number generator is used.
2128
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002129 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2130 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2131 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2132
2133 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002134 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2135 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2136 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2137 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2138 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2139 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2140
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002141- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002142 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2143
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002144 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2145 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2146 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2147 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2148 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2149 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002150
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002151
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002152Legacy uImage format:
2153
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002154 Arg Where When
2155 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002156 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002157 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002158 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002159 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002160 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002161 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2162 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2163 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002164 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002165 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2166 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2167 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2168 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002169 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002170 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002171
2172 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2173 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2174 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2175 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2176 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2177 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2178 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002179 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002180 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2181 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2182
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002183 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002184
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002185 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002186 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2187 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002188
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002189 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2190 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2191 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2192 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2193 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2194 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2195 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2196 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2197 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2198 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2199 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2200 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2201 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2202 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2203 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2204 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2205 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2206 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2207 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2208 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2209 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2210 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2211 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2212 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2213 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2214 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2215 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2216 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2217 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2218 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2219 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2220 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2221 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2222 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2223 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2224 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2225 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2226 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2227 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2228 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2229 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2230 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2231 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2232 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2233 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2234 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2235 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002236
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002237 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002238
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002239 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002240 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2241 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002242
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002243 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05002244 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
2245 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
2246 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002247 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2248 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002249 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2250 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002251 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002252
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002253FIT uImage format:
2254
2255 Arg Where When
2256 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2257 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2258 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2259 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2260 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2261 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002262 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002263 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2264 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2265 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2266 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2267 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002268 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2269 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002270 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2271 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2272 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2273 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2274 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2275 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2276 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2277 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2278
2279 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2280 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2281 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002282 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002283 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2284 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2285 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2286 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2287 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2288 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2289 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2290 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2291 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2292 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2293 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2294 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2295
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002296 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002297 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2298
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002299 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002300 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2301
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002302 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002303 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2304
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002305- Standalone program support:
2306 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2307
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002308 This option defines a board specific value for the
2309 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2310 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002311 settings.
2312
2313- Frame Buffer Address:
2314 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2315
2316 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002317 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2318 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2319 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2320 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2321 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2322 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2323 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002324
2325 Please see board_init_f function.
2326
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002327- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2328 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2329 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2330 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2331
2332 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2333 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2334
2335- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002336 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
2337 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
2338 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
2339 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
2340 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
2341 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
2342
2343 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
2344 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
2345 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
2346 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
2347 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
2348
2349 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06002350
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002351 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
2352 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
2353 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
2354 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
2355 flash), this value is ignored.
2356
2357 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
2358 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
2359 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
2360 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
2361 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
2362 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
2363
2364 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
2365 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
2366 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
2367 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
2368 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
2369 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
2370 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
2371 partition.
2372
2373 default: 20
2374
2375 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
2376 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
2377 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
2378 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
2379 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
2380 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
2381 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
2382 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
2383 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
2384 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
2385 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
2386 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
2387
2388 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
2389 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
2390 without a fastmap.
2391 default: 0
2392
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02002393 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
2394 Enable UBI fastmap debug
2395 default: 0
2396
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002397- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002398 CONFIG_SPL
2399 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002400
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002401 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2402 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2403
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002404 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2405 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2406 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2407 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002408 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002409 must not be both defined at the same time.
2410
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002411 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002412 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2413 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2414 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2415 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002416
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002417 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2418 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2419 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2420
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002421 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2422 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2423
2424 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002425 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2426 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2427 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002428 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002429 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002430
2431 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2432 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2433
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02002434 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
2435 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
2436 loaded does not have a signature.
2437 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
2438 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
2439 will be caught.
2440 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
2441 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
2442 and thus should be skipped silently.
2443
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002444 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2445 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2446 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2447 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2448
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002449 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2450 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam9ac4fc82015-11-12 12:30:19 -02002451 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
2452 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
2453 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002454
2455 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2456 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002457
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04002458 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
2459 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
2460 See also: doc/README.falcon
2461
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002462 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2463 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2464 about the running system.
2465
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002466 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2467 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2468
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01002469 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
2470 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2471 used in raw mode
2472
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002473 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2474 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2475 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2476
2477 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2478 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2479 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2480 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2481 (for falcon mode)
2482
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01002483 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
2484 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2485 used in fs mode
2486
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002487 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2488 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
2489
2490 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002491 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002492 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002493
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002494 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002495 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002496 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002497
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002498 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2499 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2500 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2501 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2502 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2503
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05302504 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
2505 Avoid SPL relocation
2506
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002507 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2508 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2509 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2510
2511 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2512 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2513
Jörg Krause15e207f2018-01-14 19:26:38 +01002514 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_IDENT
2515 SPL uses the chip ID list to identify the NAND flash.
2516 Requires CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE.
2517
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002518 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2519 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2520
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002521 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002522 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2523 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002524
Thomas Gleixner6f4e7d32016-07-12 20:28:12 +02002525 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
2526 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
2527 loader
2528
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01002529 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
2530 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
2531 if you need to save space.
2532
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08002533 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
2534 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
2535 SPL binary.
2536
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002537 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2538 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2539 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2540 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2541 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2542 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002543 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002544
2545 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002546 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2547
2548 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2549 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2550
2551 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2552 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002553
2554 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002555 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002556
2557 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2558 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002559 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002560
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002561 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2562 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2563
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002564 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00002565 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
2566 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
2567 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2568 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2569 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002570
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002571 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2572 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2573 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2574 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2575
Marek Vasutb527b9c2018-05-13 00:22:52 +02002576 CONFIG_SPL_FIT_PRINT
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00002577 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
2578 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
2579 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
2580 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
2581
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002582- TPL framework
2583 CONFIG_TPL
2584 Enable building of TPL globally.
2585
2586 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
2587 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
2588 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002589 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2590 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2591 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002592
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002593- Interrupt support (PPC):
2594
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002595 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2596 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002597 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002598 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002599 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002600 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002601 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002602 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2603 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2604 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002605
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002606
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002607Board initialization settings:
2608------------------------------
2609
2610During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2611to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2612before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2613following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2614architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2615typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2616
2617- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2618- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2619- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2620- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002621
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002622Configuration Settings:
2623-----------------------
2624
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08002625- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
2626 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
2627
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002628- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002629 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2630
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002631- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2632 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2633
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002634- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002635 prompt for user input.
2636
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002637- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002638
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002639- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002640
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002641- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002642
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002643- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002644 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2645 booted
2646
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002647- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002648 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2649
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002650- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002651 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2652 simple memory test.
2653
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002654- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002655 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2656 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2657
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002658- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002659 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002660 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
2661 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
2662 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002663 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002664 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
2665 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
2666
York Sunaabd7dd2015-12-07 11:05:29 -08002667- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002668 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002669 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002670 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002671 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2672 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2673 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002674 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002675 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002676 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002677
2678 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2679 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2680 be touched.
2681
2682 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2683 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2684 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2685 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2686 problems.
2687
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002688- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002689 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002691- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002692 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2693
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002694- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002695 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2696
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002697- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002698 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2699 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002700 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002701 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002702
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002703- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002704 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2705 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2706 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2707 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002708
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002709- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002710 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2711
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002712- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
2713 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
2714 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
2715 will become available before relocation. The address is just
2716 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
2717 space.
2718
2719 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
2720 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
2721 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002722 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002723 U-Boot relocates itself.
2724
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07002725- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
2726 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
2727 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
2728 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
2729
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07002730- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
2731 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
2732 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
2733 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
2734 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
2735 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
2736 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
2737 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
2738 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
2739 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
2740 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
2741 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
2742 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
2743 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
2744 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
2745 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
2746
2747 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
2748
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002749- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002750 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2751 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002752 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002753 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2754
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002755- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002756 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2757 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002758 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2759 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04002760 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002761 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002762 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002763 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2764 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2765 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002766
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002767- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2768 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2769 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2770 is enabled.
2771
2772- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2773 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2774 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2775
2776- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2777 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2778 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2779
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002780- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002781 Max number of Flash memory banks
2782
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002783- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002784 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2785
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002786- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002787 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2788
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002789- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002790 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2791
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002792- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002793 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2794
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002795- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002796 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2797
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002798- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002799 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2800 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2801
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002802- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002803
2804 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2805 without this option such a download has to be
2806 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2807 copy from RAM to flash.
2808
2809 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2810 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002811 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2812 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002813 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2814
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002815- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002816 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002817 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2818
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002819- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002820 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2821 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002822
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002823- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2824 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2825 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2826 to the MTD layer.
2827
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002828- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002829 Use buffered writes to flash.
2830
2831- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2832 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2833 write commands.
2834
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002835- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002836 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2837 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2838 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2839 optionally available.
2840
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002841- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2842 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2843 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2844 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2845
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02002846- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
2847 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
2848 against the source after the write operation. An error message
2849 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
2850 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
2851 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
2852 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
2853 this option if you really know what you are doing.
2854
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002855- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002856 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2857 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002858 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2859 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002860 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002861 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2862
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002863- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2864
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002865 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2866 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2867 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2868 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2869 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002870
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002871- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
2872- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04002873 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002874 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
2875 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
2876 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
2877
2878 The format of the list is:
2879 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002880 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
2881 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002882 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
2883 list = entry[,list]
2884
2885 The type attributes are:
2886 s - String (default)
2887 d - Decimal
2888 x - Hexadecimal
2889 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
2890 i - IP address
2891 m - MAC address
2892
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06002893 The access attributes are:
2894 a - Any (default)
2895 r - Read-only
2896 o - Write-once
2897 c - Change-default
2898
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002899 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
2900 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002901 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002902
2903 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
2904 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
2905 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
2906 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
2907 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
2908 ".flags" variable.
2909
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05002910 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
2911 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
2912 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
2913
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06002914- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
2915 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
2916 access flags.
2917
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002918The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2919of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2920following configurations:
2921
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002922- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2923
2924 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2925 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2926
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002927BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002928in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002929console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002930U-Boot will hang.
2931
2932Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
2933environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
2934keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
2935to save the current settings.
2936
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00002937BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
2938"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00002939environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
2940but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00002941
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02002942- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
2943
2944 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
2945 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
2946 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
2947
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07002948Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002949has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Simon Glass00caae62017-08-03 12:22:12 -06002950created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use env_get_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002951until then to read environment variables.
2952
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002953The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
2954is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
2955with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
2956necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
2957"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
2958have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002959
2960Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
2961the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002962use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002963
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002964- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002965 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00002966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002967 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00002968 also needs to be defined.
2969
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002970- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002971 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002972
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08002973- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
2974 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
2975 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
2976 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
2977 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
2978 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
2979
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00002980- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
2981 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
2982 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
2983 to do this.
2984
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00002985- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
2986 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
2987 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
2988 present.
2989
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02002990- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
2991 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
2992 build system checks that the actual size does not
2993 exceed it.
2994
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002995Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00002996---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002997
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002998- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002999 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3000
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003001- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3002 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3003 PowerPC SOCs.
3004
3005- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3006 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3007 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3008
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003009- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3010 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3011 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003012 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003013 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3014 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3015 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3016
3017 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3018 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3019
3020- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003021 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3022 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003023 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3024 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3025
3026- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3027 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3028 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3029 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3030
3031- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3032 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3033 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3034
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003035- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003036 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003037
3038 the default drive number (default value 0)
3039
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003040 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003041
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003042 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003043 (default value 1)
3044
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003045 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003046
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003047 defines the offset of register from address. It
3048 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003049 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003050
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003051 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3052 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003053 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003054
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003055 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003056 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3057 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003058 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003059 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003060
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003061- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3062 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3063 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3064 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3065 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3066 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003067 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003068
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003069- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003070 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003071 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003072
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003073- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003074
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003075 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003076 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3077 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3078 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3079 will become available only after programming the
3080 memory controller and running certain initialization
3081 sequences.
3082
3083 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
Christophe Leroy907208c2017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003084 - MPC8xx: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003085
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003086- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003087
3088 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003089 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3090 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003091 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003092 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glassacd51f92016-10-02 18:01:06 -06003093 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003094 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3095 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003096
3097 Note:
3098 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3099 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003100 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003101 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3102 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3103
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003104- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003105
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003106- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003107 SDRAM timing
3108
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003109- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003110 periodic timer for refresh
3111
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003112- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3113 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3114 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3115 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003116 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3117
3118- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003119 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3120 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003121 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3122
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003123- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003124 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003125 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3126 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3127 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3128 by coreboot or similar.
3129
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00003130- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
3131 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
3132
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003133- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3134 Chip has SRIO or not
3135
3136- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3137 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3138
3139- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3140 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3141
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08003142- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
3143 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
3144
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003145- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3146 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3147
3148- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3149 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3150
3151- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3152 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3153
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003154- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
3155 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
3156 a 16 bit bus.
3157 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003158 Example of drivers that use it:
Miquel Raynala430fa02018-08-16 17:30:07 +02003159 - drivers/mtd/nand/raw/ndfc.c
3160 - drivers/mtd/nand/raw/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003161
3162- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3163 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3164 a default value will be used.
3165
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003166- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003167 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3168 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3169
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003170 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3171 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3172
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003173- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003174 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3175 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3176 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003177
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003178- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3179 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3180 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3181 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3182 header files or board specific files.
3183
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003184- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3185 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3186
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08003187- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
3188 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
3189
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07003190- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
3191 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
3192
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003193- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003194 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3195 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003196
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003197- CONFIG_RMII
3198 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3199 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3200 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3201
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003202- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3203 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3204 The syntax is:
3205
3206 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3207
3208 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3209 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3210 area should have.
3211
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003212- CONFIG_LOOPW
3213 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Simon Glass493f4202017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003214 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003215
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003216- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3217 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3218 "md/mw" commands.
3219 Examples:
3220
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003221 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003222 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3223
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003224 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003225 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3226
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003227 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Simon Glass493f4202017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003228 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003229
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003230- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +08003231 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS, RISC-V only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003232 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3233 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3234 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003235
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003236 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3237 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3238 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3239 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003240
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003241- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
3242 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim90211f72016-07-20 22:56:12 +09003243 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003244 instruction cache) is still performed.
3245
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003246- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003247 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3248 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3249 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003250
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003251- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
3252 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3253 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
3254 It is loaded by the SPL.
3255
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08003256- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
3257 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
3258 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
3259 previous 4k of the .text section.
3260
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00003261- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
3262 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
3263 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
3264 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
3265 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
3266 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
3267 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
3268 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
3269
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00003270- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
3271 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
3272 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003273
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04003274- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
3275 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
3276 driver that uses this:
Miquel Raynala430fa02018-08-16 17:30:07 +02003277 drivers/mtd/nand/raw/davinci_nand.c
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04003278
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003279Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3280-----------------------------------
3281
3282The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3283loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3284This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3285are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3286within that device.
3287
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08003288- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3289 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
Tom Rinicc1e98b2019-05-12 07:59:12 -04003290 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_xxx macro
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08003291 is also specified.
3292
3293- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
3294 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Tom Rinicc1e98b2019-05-12 07:59:12 -04003295 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_xxx macro
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003296 is also specified.
3297
3298- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3299 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3300 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3301 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3302 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3303
3304- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3305 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3306 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3307 virtual address in NOR flash.
3308
3309- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3310 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3311 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3312
3313- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3314 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3315 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3316
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003317- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3318 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3319 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003320 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3321 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3322 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003323
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07003324Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
3325---------------------------------------------------------
3326The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
3327"firmware".
3328This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3329are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3330within that device.
3331
3332- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
3333 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
3334
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303335Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
3336-------------------------------------------
3337The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
3338"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
3339This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
3340
York Sunc0492142015-12-07 11:08:58 -08003341- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
3342 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303343
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02003344Reproducible builds
3345-------------------
3346
3347In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
3348process have to be set to a fixed value.
3349
3350This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
3351SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
3352option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
3353
3354SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
3355
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003356Building the Software:
3357======================
3358
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003359Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3360and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3361all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3362(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3363recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3364which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003365
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003366If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3367have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3368you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3369Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3370necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003371
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003372 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3373 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003374
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003375Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3376 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3377 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3378 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3379
3380 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3381
3382 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3383 be executed on computers running Windows.
3384
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003385U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3386sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003387is done by typing:
3388
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003389 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003390
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003391where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003392rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003393
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003394Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3395 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3396 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3397 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003398 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003399
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003400 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003401 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003402
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003403 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003404 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003406 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003407
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003409Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3410images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003411
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003412- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3413- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3414- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003415
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003416By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3417in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3418this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3419
34201. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3421
3422 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003423 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003424 make O=/tmp/build all
3425
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020034262. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003427
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003428 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003429 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003430 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003431 make all
3432
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003433Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003434variable.
3435
Daniel Schwierzeck215bb1c2018-01-26 16:31:04 +01003436User specific CPPFLAGS, AFLAGS and CFLAGS can be passed to the compiler by
3437setting the according environment variables KCPPFLAGS, KAFLAGS and KCFLAGS.
3438For example to treat all compiler warnings as errors:
3439
3440 make KCFLAGS=-Werror
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003441
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003442Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3443for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3444native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003445
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003446
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003447If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3448to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3449steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003450
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +010034511. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003452 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +01003453 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
34542. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3455 your board.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000034563. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3457 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020034584. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000034595. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3460 to be installed on your target system.
34616. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3462 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003463
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003464
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003465Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3466==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003467
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003468If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3469or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003470provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3471the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003472official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003473
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003474But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3475cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003476the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06003477just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
3478configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
3479will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
3480for documentation.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003481
3482
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003483See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003484
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003485
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003486Monitor Commands - Overview:
3487============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003488
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003489go - start application at address 'addr'
3490run - run commands in an environment variable
3491bootm - boot application image from memory
3492bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003493bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003494tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3495 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3496 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003497tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003498rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3499diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3500loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3501loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3502md - memory display
3503mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3504nm - memory modify (constant address)
3505mw - memory write (fill)
3506cp - memory copy
3507cmp - memory compare
3508crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003509i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003510sspi - SPI utility commands
3511base - print or set address offset
3512printenv- print environment variables
3513setenv - set environment variables
3514saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3515protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3516erase - erase FLASH memory
3517flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00003518nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003519bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3520iminfo - print header information for application image
3521coninfo - print console devices and informations
3522ide - IDE sub-system
3523loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003524loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003525mtest - simple RAM test
3526icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3527dcache - enable or disable data cache
3528reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3529echo - echo args to console
3530version - print monitor version
3531help - print online help
3532? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003533
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003534
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003535Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3536========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003538TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003540For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003541
3542
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003543Environment Variables:
3544======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003546U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3547can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003548
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003549Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3550"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3551without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3552environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3553working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3554environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003555
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003556Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3557
3558List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003560 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003561
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003562 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003563
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003564 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003565
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003566 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003567
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003568 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003569
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003570 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3571 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3572 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3573 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3574 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3575 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003576 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3577 bootm_mapsize.
3578
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003579 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003580 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3581 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3582 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3583 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3584 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3585 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003586
3587 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3588 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3589 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3590 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3591 environment variable.
3592
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003593 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3594 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3595 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3596
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003597 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3598 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3599 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3600 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003601
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003602 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3603 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3604 be automatically started (by internally calling
3605 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003607 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3608 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3609 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3610 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3611 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003612
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003613 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3614 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003615 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3616 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3617 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3618 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3619 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3620 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3621 access it during the boot procedure.
3622
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003623 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3624 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3625 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3626 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3627 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3628 must be accessible by the kernel.
3629
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003630 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3631 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3632 defined.
3633
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003634 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3635 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3636 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3637 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3638 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3639
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003640 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3641 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3642 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3643 is usually what you want since it allows for
3644 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3645 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003646 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003647 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3648 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3649 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3650 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003651
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003652 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3653 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3654 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3655 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3656 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3657 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003658
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003659 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003660
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003661 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3662 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3663 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3664 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3665 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3666 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3667 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003668
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003669 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003670
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003671 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3672 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003673
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003674 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003676 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003677
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003678 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003679
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003680 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003682 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003683
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003684 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003685
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003686 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3687 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003688
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003689 => setenv ethact FEC
3690 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3691 => setenv ethact SCC
3692 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003693
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003694 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3695 available network interfaces.
3696 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3697
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003698 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003699 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3700 When set to "once" the network operation will
3701 fail when all the available network interfaces
3702 are tried once without success.
3703 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3704 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003705
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003706 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003707
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003708 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07003709 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
3710 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
3711 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
3712 is silent.
3713
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003714 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003715 UDP source port.
3716
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003717 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003718 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3719
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003720 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3721 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3722
3723 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3724 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3725 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3726 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3727 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3728 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3729 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3730
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003731 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
3732 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
3733 can happen during a single file transfer before that
3734 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
3735 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
3736 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
3737 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
3738
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003739 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003740 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003741 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003742
Alexandre Messier50768f52016-02-01 17:08:57 -05003743 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
3744 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
3745 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
3746 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
3747 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
3748
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003749The following image location variables contain the location of images
3750used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3751not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3752variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3753server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3754loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3755flash or offset in NAND flash.
3756
3757*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03003758boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003759boards use these variables for other purposes.
3760
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003761Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3762----- --------- ----------- --------------
3763u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3764Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3765device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3766ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003768The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3769updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3770depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003771
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003772 bootfile - see above
3773 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3774 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3775 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3776 hostname - Target hostname
3777 ipaddr - see above
3778 netmask - Subnet Mask
3779 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3780 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003781
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003782
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003783There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003784
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003785 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3786 as type string and/or serial number
3787 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003788
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003789These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3790the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3791once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003792
3793
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003794Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003796 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3797 with the "version" command. This variable is
3798 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003799
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003801Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3802only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003803
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003804
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003805Callback functions for environment variables:
3806---------------------------------------------
3807
3808For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003809when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003810be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
3811deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
3812effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
3813
3814The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
3815U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
3816
3817These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
3818static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
3819in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
3820associations. The list must be in the following format:
3821
3822 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
3823 list = entry[,list]
3824
3825If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
3826Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
3827
3828Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
3829with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
3830override any association in the static list. You can define
3831CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003832".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003833
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003834If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3835regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
3836the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
3837
Heinrich Schuchardt1b040472018-07-29 11:08:14 +02003838The signature of the callback functions is:
3839
3840 int callback(const char *name, const char *value, enum env_op op, int flags)
3841
3842* name - changed environment variable
3843* value - new value of the environment variable
3844* op - operation (create, overwrite, or delete)
3845* flags - attributes of the environment variable change, see flags H_* in
3846 include/search.h
3847
3848The return value is 0 if the variable change is accepted and 1 otherwise.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003849
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003850Command Line Parsing:
3851=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003852
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003853There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
3854the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003855
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003856Old, simple command line parser:
3857--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003858
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003859- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
3860- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003861- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003862- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
3863 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003864 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003865- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
3866 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003867
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003868Hush shell:
3869-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003870
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003871- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
3872 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
3873 until...do...done, ...
3874- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
3875 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
3876 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
3877 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003878
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003879General rules:
3880--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003881
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003882(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
3883 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
3884 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
3885 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003887(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003888 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003889 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
3890 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003891
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003892Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
3893=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003894
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003895Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003896such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
3897"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003899Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
3900MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
3901"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003903If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
3904in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
3905ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
3906variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003907
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003908o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
3909 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003911o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
3912 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
3913 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003914
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003915o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
3916 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003917
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003918o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
3919 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
3920 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003921
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003922o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05003923 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
3924 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003925
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003926If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003927will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003928may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
3929The naming convention is as follows:
3930"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003932Image Formats:
3933==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003934
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01003935U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
3936images in two formats:
3937
3938New uImage format (FIT)
3939-----------------------
3940
3941Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
3942to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
3943components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
3944SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
3945
3946
3947Old uImage format
3948-----------------
3949
3950Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
3951preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
3952details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003953
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003954* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
3955 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05003956 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
3957 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
3958 INTEGRITY).
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03003959* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003960 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
Andy Shevchenkodaab59a2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03003961 Currently supported: ARM, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003962* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
3963* Load Address
3964* Entry Point
3965* Image Name
3966* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003967
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003968The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
3969and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
3970CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003971
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003972
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003973Linux Support:
3974==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003975
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003976Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
3977easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
3978U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003979
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003980U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
3981special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
3982"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
3983instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
3984serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003986- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
3987 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
3988 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003989
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003990- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
3991 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003992
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003993- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
3994 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
3995 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
3996 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
3997 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
3998 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003999
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004000
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004001Linux HOWTO:
4002============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004003
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004004Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4005---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004006
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004007U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4008configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4009(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4010Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004011
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004012But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004013
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004014Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4015include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004016Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4017and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004018as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004019
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06004020Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
4021If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
4022is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
4023doc/driver-model.
4024
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004025
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004026Configuring the Linux kernel:
4027-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004028
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004029No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4030device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004031
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004032
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004033Building a Linux Image:
4034-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004035
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004036With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4037not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4038"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4039U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4040which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4041100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004042
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004043Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004044
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004045 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004046 make oldconfig
4047 make dep
4048 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004049
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004050The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4051encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4052CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004053
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004054* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004055
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004056* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004058 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4059 -R .note -R .comment \
4060 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004061
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004062* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004063
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004064 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004065
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004066* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004067
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004068 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4069 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4070 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004071
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004072
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004073The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4074with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4075combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4076byte header containing information about target architecture,
4077operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4078stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004079
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004080"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4081print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004083In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4084contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4085checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004087 tools/mkimage -l image
4088 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004089
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004090The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4091from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004092
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004093 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4094 -n name -d data_file image
4095 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4096 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4097 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4098 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4099 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4100 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4101 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4102 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004103
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004104Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4105address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4106kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004107
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004108- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4109- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004110
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004111So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004112
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004113 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4114 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004115 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004116 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4117 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4118 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4119 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4120 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4121 Load Address: 0x00000000
4122 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004123
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004124To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004125
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004126 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4127 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4128 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4129 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4130 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4131 Load Address: 0x00000000
4132 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004133
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004134NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4135speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4136needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4137need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004138
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004139 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004140 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4141 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004142 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004143 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4144 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4145 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4146 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4147 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4148 Load Address: 0x00000000
4149 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004150
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004152Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4153when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004154
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004155 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4156 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4157 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4158 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4159 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4160 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4161 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4162 Load Address: 0x00000000
4163 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004164
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004165The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
4166option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
4167option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
4168from the image:
4169
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02004170 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
4171 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
4172 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4173 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004174
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004175
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004176Installing a Linux Image:
4177-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004178
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004179To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4180you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004181
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004182 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004183
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004184The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4185image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4186address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4187specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4188command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004189
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004190Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4191TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004192
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004193 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004194
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004195 .......... done
4196 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004197
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004198 => loads 40100000
4199 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4200 ~>examples/image.srec
4201 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4202 ...
4203 15989 15990 15991 15992
4204 [file transfer complete]
4205 [connected]
4206 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004207
4208
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004209You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004210this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004211corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004213 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004214
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004215 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4216 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4217 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4218 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4219 Load Address: 00000000
4220 Entry Point: 0000000c
4221 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004222
4223
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004224Boot Linux:
4225-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004226
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004227The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4228memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4229of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4230parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4231"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004232
4233
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004234 => printenv bootargs
4235 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004236
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004237 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004238
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004239 => printenv bootargs
4240 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004241
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004242 => bootm 40020000
4243 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4244 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4245 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4246 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4247 Load Address: 00000000
4248 Entry Point: 0000000c
4249 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4250 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4251 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4252 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4253 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4254 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4255 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4256 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004257
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004258If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004259the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4260format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004261
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004262 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004264 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4265 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4266 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4267 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4268 Load Address: 00000000
4269 Entry Point: 0000000c
4270 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004271
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004272 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4273 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4274 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4275 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4276 Load Address: 00000000
4277 Entry Point: 00000000
4278 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004279
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004280 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4281 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4282 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4283 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4284 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4285 Load Address: 00000000
4286 Entry Point: 0000000c
4287 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4288 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4289 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4290 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4291 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4292 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4293 Load Address: 00000000
4294 Entry Point: 00000000
4295 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4296 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4297 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4298 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4299 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4300 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4301 ...
4302 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4303 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004304
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004305 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004306
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004307Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4308-----------
4309
4310First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4311titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4312following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4313flat device tree:
4314
4315=> print oftaddr
4316oftaddr=0x300000
4317=> print oft
4318oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4319=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4320Speed: 1000, full duplex
4321Using TSEC0 device
4322TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4323Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4324Load address: 0x300000
4325Loading: #
4326done
4327Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4328=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4329Speed: 1000, full duplex
4330Using TSEC0 device
4331TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4332Filename 'uImage'.
4333Load address: 0x200000
4334Loading:############
4335done
4336Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4337=> print loadaddr
4338loadaddr=200000
4339=> print oftaddr
4340oftaddr=0x300000
4341=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4342## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004343 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4344 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4345 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004346 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004347 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004348 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4349 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4350Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4351Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4352Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4353[snip]
4354
4355
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004356More About U-Boot Image Types:
4357------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004358
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004359U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004360
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004361 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4362 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4363 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4364 the Standalone Program.
4365 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4366 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4367 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4368 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4369 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4370 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4371 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4372 being started.
4373 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4374 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4375 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4376 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4377 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4378 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004379
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004380 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4381 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4382 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4383 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4384 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4385 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004386
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004387 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4388 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4389 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004390
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004391 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4392 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4393 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4394 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004395
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004396Booting the Linux zImage:
4397-------------------------
4398
4399On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4400using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4401as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4402
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04004403Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004404kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4405address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4406format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4407
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004409Standalone HOWTO:
4410=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004411
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004412One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4413run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4414U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004415
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004416Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004417
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004418"Hello World" Demo:
4419-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004420
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004421'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4422application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4423It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4424like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004426 => loads
4427 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4428 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4429 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4430 [file transfer complete]
4431 [connected]
4432 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004433
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004434 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4435 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4436 Hello World
4437 argc = 7
4438 argv[0] = "40004"
4439 argv[1] = "Hello"
4440 argv[2] = "World!"
4441 argv[3] = "This"
4442 argv[4] = "is"
4443 argv[5] = "a"
4444 argv[6] = "test."
4445 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4446 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004447
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004448 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004450Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4451handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4452Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4453The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4454character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4455controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004456
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004457 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4458 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4459 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4460 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004461
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004462 => loads
4463 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4464 ~>examples/timer.srec
4465 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4466 [file transfer complete]
4467 [connected]
4468 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004469
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004470 => go 40004
4471 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4472 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4473 Using timer 1
4474 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004475
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004476Hit 'b':
4477 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4478 Enabling timer
4479Hit '?':
4480 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4481 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4482Hit '?':
4483 [q, b, e, ?] .
4484 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4485Hit '?':
4486 [q, b, e, ?] .
4487 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4488Hit '?':
4489 [q, b, e, ?] .
4490 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4491Hit 'e':
4492 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4493Hit 'q':
4494 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004495
4496
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004497Minicom warning:
4498================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004499
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004500Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4501"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4502consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4503Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4504especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004505use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4506http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4507for help with kermit.
4508
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004510Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4511configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004512
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004513 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4514 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4515 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004516
4517
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004518NetBSD Notes:
4519=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004521Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4522(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004523
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004524Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4525NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4526need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4527Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4528attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4529missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004530
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004531 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4532 # mkdir powerpc
4533 # ln -s powerpc machine
4534 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4535 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004536
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004537Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4538and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004540Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4541stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4542proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4543tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004544meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004545
4546
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004547Implementation Internals:
4548=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004549
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004550The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4551implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4552inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4553hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004554
4555
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004556Initial Stack, Global Data:
4557---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004558
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004559The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4560starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4561system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4562This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4563is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4564at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4565options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4566models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4567MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4568locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004569
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004570 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004571 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004572
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004573 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4574 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4575 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4576 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004577
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004578 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4579 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4580 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4581 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4582 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004583 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004584 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4585 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004587 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4588 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004589 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004590 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4591 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4592 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4593 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004594
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004595 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004596 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4597 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004598 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004599 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4600 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4601 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4602 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4603 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004604
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004605 -Chris Hallinan
4606 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004608It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4609code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004610
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004611* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4612 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004613
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004614* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004615 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4616 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004618* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4619 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004620
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004621Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004622normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004623turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4624simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4625functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4626functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4627the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4628place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4629reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004631When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4632relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4633GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004634
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004635For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4636 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004637 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004638 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4639 R5-R10: parameter passing
4640 R13: small data area pointer
4641 R30: GOT pointer
4642 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004643
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004644 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4645 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4646 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004647
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004648 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004649
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004650 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4651 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4652 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4653 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4654 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4655 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004656
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004657On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004658
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004659 R0: function argument word/integer result
4660 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004661 R9: platform specific
4662 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004663 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4664 R12: temporary workspace
4665 R13: stack pointer
4666 R14: link register
4667 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004668
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004669 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
4670
4671 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004672
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004673On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4674 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4675
4676 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4677
4678 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4679 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4680
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004681On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4682
4683 R0-R1: argument/return
4684 R2-R5: argument
4685 R15: temporary register for assembler
4686 R16: trampoline register
4687 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4688 R29: global pointer (GP)
4689 R30: link register (LP)
4690 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4691 PC: program counter (PC)
4692
4693 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4694
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004695NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4696or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004697
Rick Chen3fafced2017-12-26 13:55:59 +08004698On RISC-V, the following registers are used:
4699
4700 x0: hard-wired zero (zero)
4701 x1: return address (ra)
4702 x2: stack pointer (sp)
4703 x3: global pointer (gp)
4704 x4: thread pointer (tp)
4705 x5: link register (t0)
4706 x8: frame pointer (fp)
4707 x10-x11: arguments/return values (a0-1)
4708 x12-x17: arguments (a2-7)
4709 x28-31: temporaries (t3-6)
4710 pc: program counter (pc)
4711
4712 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4713
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004714Memory Management:
4715------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004716
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004717U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4718MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004719
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004720The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4721controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4722memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4723physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004725U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4726TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4727booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4728to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004729memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004730configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4731Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004732
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004733Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4734of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004735
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004736So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4737this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004738
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004739 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4740 :
4741 0x0000 1FFF
4742 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4743 :
4744 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746 :
4747 :
4748 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4749 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4750 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4751 :
4752 0x00FD FFFF
4753 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4754 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4755 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4756 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757
4758
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004759System Initialization:
4760----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004761
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004762In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004763(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004764configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004765To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4766To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4767initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
Heiko Schocher2eb48ff2017-06-07 17:33:10 +02004768which provide such a feature like), or in a locked part of the data
4769cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, the caches and
4770the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004771
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004772Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4773preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4774(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4775on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4776programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4777simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4778banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004779
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004780When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4781different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4782bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
47830x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4784contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004785
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004786Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4787and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4788Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4789pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004790
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004791Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4792until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4793running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4794new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004795
4796
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004797U-Boot Porting Guide:
4798----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004799
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004800[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4801list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004802
4803
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004804int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004805{
4806 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004807
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004808 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4809 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004810
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004811 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004812 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004813 return 0;
4814 }
4815
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004816 Download latest U-Boot source;
4817
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004818 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004819
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004820 if (clueless)
4821 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004823 while (learning) {
4824 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004825 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4826 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004827 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004828 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004829 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004830
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004831 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4832 Buy a BDI3000;
4833 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004834 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004835
4836 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4837 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4838 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4839 } else {
4840 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4841 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004842 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004843 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4844 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004845
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004846 while (!accepted) {
4847 while (!running) {
4848 do {
4849 Add / modify source code;
4850 } until (compiles);
4851 Debug;
4852 if (clueless)
4853 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4854 }
4855 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4856 if (reasonable critiques)
4857 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4858 else
4859 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004860 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004861
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004862 return 0;
4863}
4864
4865void no_more_time (int sig)
4866{
4867 hire_a_guru();
4868}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004869
4870
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004871Coding Standards:
4872-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004873
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004874All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Baruch Siach659208d2017-12-10 17:34:35 +02004875coding style; see the kernel coding style guide at
4876https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/process/coding-style.html, and the
4877script "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004878
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004879Source files originating from a different project (for example the
4880MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004881reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004882sources.
4883
4884Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
4885Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
4886in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887
4888Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
4889- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004890- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004891- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004892- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004893- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
4894
4895Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
4896with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004897
4898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004899Submitting Patches:
4900-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004901
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004902Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
4903establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
4904may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004905
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02004906Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004907
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004908Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
S. Lockwood-Childs1dade182017-11-14 22:56:42 -08004909see https://lists.denx.de/listinfo/u-boot
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004911When you send a patch, please include the following information with
4912it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004914* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
4915 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
4916 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004917
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004918* For new features: a description of the feature and your
4919 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004920
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004921* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
4922
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -05004923* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
4924 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004925
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02004926* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
4927 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004928
4929* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
4930 document these in the README file.
4931
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004932* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
4933 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004934 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004935 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
4936 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004938 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
4939 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
4940 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004941
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004942 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
4943 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
4944 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
4945 affected files).
4946
4947 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
4948 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004949
4950* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
4951 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
4952
4953* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
4954 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
4955
4956
4957Notes:
4958
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06004959* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004960 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
4961 for any of the boards.
4962
4963* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
4964 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
4965 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
4966
4967* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
4968 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
4969 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
4970 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
4971 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
4972 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00004973
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004974* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
4975 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
4976 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
4977 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.